1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
212 /* This just does initialization. */
213 /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
214 elf_tdata (abfd
) = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
215 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) == 0)
217 /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
224 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
226 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
227 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
231 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
233 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
234 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
236 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
238 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
239 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
242 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
243 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
245 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
246 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
247 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
249 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
250 in case the string table is not terminated. */
251 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
252 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
253 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
255 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
257 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
262 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
263 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
265 return (char *) shstrtab
;
269 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
270 unsigned int shindex
,
271 unsigned int strindex
)
273 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
278 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
280 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
281 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
284 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
286 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
287 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
288 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
289 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
290 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
292 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
296 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
299 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
300 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
301 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
302 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
303 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
306 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
307 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
310 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
312 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
316 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
317 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
319 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
321 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
329 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
331 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
332 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
334 /* Read the symbols. */
336 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
337 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
338 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
339 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
340 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
341 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
343 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
344 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
346 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
347 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
348 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
354 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
358 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
359 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
360 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
362 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
363 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
364 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
366 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
367 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
368 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
375 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
377 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
378 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
382 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
383 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
384 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
386 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
387 (*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
);
390 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
392 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
393 free (alloc_extshndx
);
398 /* Look up a symbol name. */
400 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
401 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
406 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
407 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
409 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
410 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
411 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
412 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
414 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
415 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
418 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
421 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
422 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
427 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
428 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
431 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
432 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
434 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
436 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
437 signature just a string? */
440 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
442 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
443 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
444 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
447 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
448 that it is a symbol table section. */
449 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
450 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
451 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
454 /* Go read the symbol. */
455 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
456 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
457 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
460 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
463 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
466 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
468 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
470 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
471 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
474 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
476 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
477 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
478 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
480 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
482 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
483 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
489 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
494 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
495 so we can find them quickly. */
498 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
499 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
500 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
501 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
505 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
508 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
511 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
513 /* Add to list of sections. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
517 /* Read the raw contents. */
518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
519 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
520 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
522 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
523 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
524 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
528 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
529 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
530 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
532 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
533 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
540 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
541 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
544 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
545 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
546 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
551 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
552 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
555 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
562 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
566 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
569 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
570 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
572 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
573 section is a member. */
575 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
579 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
580 other members to see if any others are linked via
582 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
583 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
585 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
586 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
590 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
591 insert current section in circular list. */
592 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
593 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
594 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
600 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
603 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
605 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
606 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
609 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
611 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
612 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
620 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
622 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
629 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
632 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
633 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
636 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
637 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
640 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
642 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
643 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
644 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
645 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
649 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
650 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
651 bed
->link_order_error_handler
652 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
659 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
662 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
663 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
664 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
667 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
668 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
669 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
673 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
678 /* Process section groups. */
679 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
682 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
685 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
686 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
689 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
690 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
691 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
692 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
693 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
694 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
695 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
696 relocation sections are in section group in input object
698 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
701 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
702 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
703 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
705 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
706 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
707 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
710 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
718 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
720 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
723 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
724 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
727 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
728 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
736 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
738 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
739 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
743 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
747 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
748 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
749 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
751 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
752 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
753 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
755 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
757 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
758 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
759 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
760 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
763 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
764 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
765 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
766 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
767 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
768 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
771 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
774 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
775 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
776 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
778 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
780 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
783 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
784 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
785 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
787 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
788 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
790 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
791 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
793 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
795 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
796 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
801 } debug_sections
[] =
803 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
804 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
805 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
806 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
807 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
808 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
809 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
810 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
811 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
812 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
813 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
814 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
815 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
816 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
817 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
818 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
823 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
825 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
826 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
827 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
828 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
829 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
833 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
834 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
835 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
836 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
837 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
838 all but one of the sections. */
839 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
840 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
841 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
843 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
844 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
845 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
848 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
851 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
853 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
856 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
857 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
858 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
859 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
860 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
862 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
865 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
867 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
868 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
870 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
871 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
872 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
873 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
875 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
876 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
877 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
878 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
879 place special significance on the address 0 and
880 executables need to be able to have a segment which
881 covers this address. */
882 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
883 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
884 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
885 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
886 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
887 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
888 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
890 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
891 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
892 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
894 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
895 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
896 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
897 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
898 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
899 segment will contain sections with contiguous
900 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
901 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
902 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
904 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
905 offsets whether a section with zero size should
906 be placed at the end of one segment or the
907 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
908 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
909 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
910 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
925 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
928 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
929 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
930 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
931 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
932 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
935 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
936 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
938 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
943 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
946 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
947 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
948 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
950 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
951 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
952 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
959 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
960 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
961 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
962 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
965 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
966 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
967 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
968 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
969 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
970 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
971 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
972 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
973 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
975 bfd_reloc_status_type
976 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
977 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
979 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
980 asection
*input_section
,
982 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
984 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
985 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
986 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
987 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
989 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
993 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
996 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
999 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1002 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1003 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1006 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1009 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1014 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1017 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1018 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1019 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1020 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1021 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1023 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1025 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1026 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1027 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1028 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1030 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1031 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1034 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1035 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1036 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1041 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1043 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1044 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1045 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1048 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1051 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1055 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1057 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1058 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1061 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1062 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1063 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1065 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1066 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1067 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1072 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1077 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1078 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1079 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1080 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1081 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1082 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1083 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1084 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1085 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1086 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1087 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1088 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1093 /* Print out the program headers. */
1096 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1099 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1101 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1103 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1108 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1109 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1110 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1112 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1117 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1120 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1121 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1122 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1123 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1124 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1125 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1126 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1127 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1128 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1129 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1130 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1131 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1132 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1133 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1134 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1135 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1136 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1141 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1145 unsigned long shlink
;
1146 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1148 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1150 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1152 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1155 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1158 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1160 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1161 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1164 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1165 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1167 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1170 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1172 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1174 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1181 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1185 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1186 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1187 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1188 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1189 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1190 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1191 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1192 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1193 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1194 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1195 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1196 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1197 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1198 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1199 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1200 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1201 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1202 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1204 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1205 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1206 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1207 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1208 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1209 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1210 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1211 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1212 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1213 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1214 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1215 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1216 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1217 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1218 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1220 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1221 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1222 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1223 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1224 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1225 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1226 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1227 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1228 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1229 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1230 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1231 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1232 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1233 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1234 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1235 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1236 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1237 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1238 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1239 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1240 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1241 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1244 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1246 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1250 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1252 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1255 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1264 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1265 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1267 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1271 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1273 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1275 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1276 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1278 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1279 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1280 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1281 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1283 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1286 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1290 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1296 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1298 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1300 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1301 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1303 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1305 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1306 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1307 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1308 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1309 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1310 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1322 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1325 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1328 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1333 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1334 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1336 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1337 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1338 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1339 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1341 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1343 const char *section_name
;
1344 const char *name
= NULL
;
1345 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1346 unsigned char st_other
;
1349 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1351 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1352 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1353 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1357 name
= symbol
->name
;
1358 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1361 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1362 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1363 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1364 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1365 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1366 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1367 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1369 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1370 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1372 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1373 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1374 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1375 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1377 unsigned int vernum
;
1378 const char *version_string
;
1380 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1383 version_string
= "";
1384 else if (vernum
== 1)
1385 version_string
= "Base";
1386 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1388 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1391 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1393 version_string
= "";
1394 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1398 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1400 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1402 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1404 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1411 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1412 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1417 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1418 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1423 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1424 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1429 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1430 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1431 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1433 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1435 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1438 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1444 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1446 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1447 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1448 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1451 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1455 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1460 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1461 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1465 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1467 /* Set local fields. */
1470 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1471 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1472 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1473 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1474 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1475 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1476 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1477 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1484 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1485 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1488 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1490 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1492 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1494 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1495 symbol which just became indirect. */
1497 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1498 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1499 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1500 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1501 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1502 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1504 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1507 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1508 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1509 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1510 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1512 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1513 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1514 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1515 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1518 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1520 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1521 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1522 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1523 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1526 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1528 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1529 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1530 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1531 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1533 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1538 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1540 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1542 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1546 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1547 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1550 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1556 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1559 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1560 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1562 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1563 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1565 unsigned int entsize
)
1568 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1570 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1571 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1572 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1573 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1574 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1575 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1576 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1577 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1578 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1579 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1580 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1582 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1583 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1584 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1585 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1586 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1587 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1588 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1589 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1590 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1592 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1593 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1598 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1600 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1601 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1603 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1604 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1606 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1610 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1611 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1620 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1621 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1622 entry for a dynamic object. */
1625 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1627 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1628 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1629 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1633 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1636 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1637 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1638 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1645 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, int lib_class
)
1647 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1648 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1649 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1652 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1653 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1655 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1656 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1657 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1659 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1661 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1664 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1665 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1667 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1668 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1669 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1671 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1673 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1676 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1677 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1678 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1681 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1683 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1684 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1685 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1689 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1690 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1693 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1694 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1697 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1699 unsigned long shlink
;
1700 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1702 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1706 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1707 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1710 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1711 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1714 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1717 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1721 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1723 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1724 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1727 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1728 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1730 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1732 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1734 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1737 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1740 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1741 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1744 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1749 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1770 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1772 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1773 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1775 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1777 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1782 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1783 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1784 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1786 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1793 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1795 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1798 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1801 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1802 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1805 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1806 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1811 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1814 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1817 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1818 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1819 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1820 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1821 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1822 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1823 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1824 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1825 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1827 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1828 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1830 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1831 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1833 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1837 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1838 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1839 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1840 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1842 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1843 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1847 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1849 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1850 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1852 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1853 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1855 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1863 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1864 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1867 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1869 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1870 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1871 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1872 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1873 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1875 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1876 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1877 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1878 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1879 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1881 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1882 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1883 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1887 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1888 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1889 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1890 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1892 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1894 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1895 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1897 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1898 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1899 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1903 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1905 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1906 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1907 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1911 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1915 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1916 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1919 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1921 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1922 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1923 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1924 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1925 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1927 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1928 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1929 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1931 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1932 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1935 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1936 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1937 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1938 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1941 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1942 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1944 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1946 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1947 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1950 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1953 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1954 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1957 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1960 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1961 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1962 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1963 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1965 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1969 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1970 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1971 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1972 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1974 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1976 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1977 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1979 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1980 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1982 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1985 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1987 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1989 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1990 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1998 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2000 asection
*target_sect
;
2001 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2002 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2005 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2006 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2009 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2010 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2011 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2013 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2014 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2015 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2016 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2020 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2021 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2022 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2023 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2024 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2025 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2026 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2027 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2028 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2034 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2036 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2037 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2048 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2051 /* Get the symbol table. */
2052 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2053 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2054 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2057 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2058 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2059 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2060 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2061 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2062 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2063 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2064 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2065 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2066 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2067 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2068 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2069 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2072 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2074 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2075 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2078 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2079 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2080 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2084 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2085 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2086 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2087 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2090 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2091 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2092 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2093 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2094 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2095 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2096 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2097 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2098 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2099 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2104 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2105 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2106 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2107 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2110 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2111 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2113 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2114 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2115 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2117 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2118 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2119 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2120 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2126 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2127 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2129 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2131 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2134 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2136 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2138 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2139 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2142 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2143 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2144 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2146 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2148 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2149 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2150 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2152 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2159 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2160 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2163 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2165 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2166 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2167 for applications? */
2168 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2169 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2170 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2171 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2173 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2174 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2177 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2178 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2179 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2180 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2181 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2183 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2184 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2185 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2186 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2187 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2189 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2191 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2192 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2193 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2194 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2202 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2203 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2206 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2207 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2209 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2211 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2212 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2213 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2214 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2215 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2217 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2218 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2220 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2221 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2222 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2225 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2227 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2230 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2231 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2232 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2233 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2236 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2238 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2240 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2243 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2247 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2249 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2251 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2254 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2256 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2257 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2260 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2262 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2263 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2266 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2268 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2269 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2270 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2271 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2272 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2273 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2274 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2275 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2276 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2277 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2278 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2281 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2283 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2284 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2285 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2288 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2290 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2291 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2292 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2293 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2294 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2295 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2296 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2297 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2300 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2302 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2303 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2306 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2308 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2309 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2310 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2311 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2314 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2316 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2317 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2320 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2322 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2323 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2324 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2327 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2329 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2330 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2331 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2334 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2336 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2337 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2338 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2339 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2340 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2345 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2346 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2347 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2348 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2349 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2352 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2354 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2355 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2356 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2357 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2360 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2362 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2363 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2364 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2366 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2367 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2368 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2369 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2372 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2374 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2376 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2378 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2379 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2380 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2383 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2384 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2385 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2391 len
= strlen (name
);
2393 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2396 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2398 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2400 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2403 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2404 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2406 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2408 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2410 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2411 && (suffix_len
== -2
2412 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2418 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2420 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2421 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2431 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2432 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2435 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2436 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2438 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2439 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2442 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2443 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2446 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2447 bed
->special_sections
,
2453 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2456 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2457 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2460 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2465 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2469 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2471 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2472 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2473 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2475 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2478 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2481 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2484 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2485 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2486 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2488 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2489 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2490 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2491 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2492 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2493 elf_fake_sections. */
2494 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2495 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2497 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2500 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2501 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2505 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2508 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2510 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2511 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2512 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2513 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2515 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2516 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2517 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2518 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2519 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2520 of combined data+bss.
2522 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2523 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2524 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2525 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2526 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2531 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2532 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2534 const char *typename
)
2542 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2543 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2544 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2545 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2546 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2547 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2550 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2551 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2552 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2554 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2555 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2556 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2557 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2558 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2559 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2560 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2562 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2563 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2564 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2566 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2568 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2571 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2573 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2578 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2579 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2580 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2583 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2584 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2585 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2587 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2588 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2589 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2590 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2592 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2593 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2594 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2596 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2597 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2604 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2606 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2608 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2611 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2614 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2617 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2620 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2623 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2625 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2630 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2633 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2635 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2636 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2640 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2643 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2646 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2647 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2648 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2652 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2653 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2654 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2657 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2658 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2660 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2663 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2664 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2666 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2669 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2671 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2673 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2675 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2676 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2677 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2678 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2679 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2680 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2681 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2682 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2683 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2688 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2691 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2693 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2694 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2695 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2699 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2704 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2706 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2707 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2708 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2714 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2716 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2717 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2718 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2720 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2722 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2723 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2724 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2725 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2726 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2727 copy_private_section_data. */
2729 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2730 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2732 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2734 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2736 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2737 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2738 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2739 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2740 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2741 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2743 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2746 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2752 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2753 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2754 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2761 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2765 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2769 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2773 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2774 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2778 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2779 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2782 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2783 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2786 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2787 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2788 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2789 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2791 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2792 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2794 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2795 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2798 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2799 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2800 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2801 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2803 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2804 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2806 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2807 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2811 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2815 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2816 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2817 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2818 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2819 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2820 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2821 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2823 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2824 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2825 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2826 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2828 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2829 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2830 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2832 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2833 if (asect
->size
== 0
2834 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2836 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2838 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2841 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2842 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2843 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2848 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2849 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2850 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2853 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2854 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2855 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2856 create the other. */
2857 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2858 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2859 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2865 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2868 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2870 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2871 unsigned long symindx
;
2872 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2876 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2878 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2883 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2884 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2888 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2889 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2890 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2891 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2893 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2895 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2897 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2899 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2902 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2904 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2905 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2906 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2913 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2915 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2916 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2917 start of the input section group. */
2918 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2920 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2921 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2922 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2923 directives, not that it matters. */
2932 s
= s
->output_section
;
2935 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2936 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2937 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2942 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2945 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2948 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2949 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2950 in here too, while we're at it. */
2953 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2955 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2957 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2958 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2959 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2963 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2965 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2966 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2968 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2969 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2971 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2973 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2975 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2977 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2978 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2979 abfd
->section_count
--;
2983 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2984 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2985 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2991 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2993 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2995 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2997 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2998 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2999 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3001 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3002 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3006 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3007 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3008 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3009 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3014 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3015 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3016 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3017 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3023 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3024 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3025 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3026 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3027 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3029 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3031 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3032 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3033 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3034 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3035 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3037 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3038 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3039 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3040 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3041 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3042 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3043 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3046 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3047 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3048 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3049 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3052 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3053 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3055 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3056 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3057 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3058 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3060 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3062 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3063 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3066 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3067 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3069 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3073 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3075 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3076 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3078 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3079 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3081 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3082 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3084 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3085 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3088 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3090 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3094 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3095 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3096 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3097 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3098 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3100 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3102 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3103 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3104 the relocation entries apply. */
3105 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3107 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3108 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3110 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3112 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3113 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3116 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3117 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3119 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3122 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3123 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3125 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3126 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3129 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3130 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3131 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3133 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3134 size as the discarded one. */
3135 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
);
3138 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3144 s
= s
->output_section
;
3145 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3149 /* Handle objcopy. */
3150 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3152 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3153 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3154 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3155 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3158 s
= s
->output_section
;
3160 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3165 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3166 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3167 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3169 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3170 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3171 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3172 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3173 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3178 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3182 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3183 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3184 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3185 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3186 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3187 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3188 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3190 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3192 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3194 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3198 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3200 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3204 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3205 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3206 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3207 field to point to this section. */
3208 if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3209 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3214 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3215 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3218 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3219 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3220 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3224 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3226 /* This is a .stab section. */
3227 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3228 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3229 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3236 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3237 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3238 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3239 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3241 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3243 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3246 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3247 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3249 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3251 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3252 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3254 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3258 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3259 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3260 this hash table or version table is for. */
3261 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3263 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3267 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3271 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3272 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3273 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3275 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3276 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3280 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3281 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3284 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3286 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3287 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3288 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3289 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3291 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3292 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3293 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3296 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3297 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3298 special sections. */
3301 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3303 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3305 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3306 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3307 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3311 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3313 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3314 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3315 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3316 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3317 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3318 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3319 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3326 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3330 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3332 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3333 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3337 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3338 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3340 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3341 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3343 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3344 decided to output. */
3345 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3347 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3349 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3350 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3352 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3354 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3355 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3357 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3361 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3362 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3364 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3366 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3372 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3373 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3374 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3375 at least in that case. */
3376 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3378 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3380 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3387 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3388 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3390 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3393 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3395 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3398 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3400 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3403 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3405 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3407 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3409 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3411 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3414 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3415 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3418 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3420 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3424 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3426 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3427 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3431 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3432 ELF data structure. */
3434 static inline file_ptr
3435 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3437 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3440 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3441 required section alignment. */
3444 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3452 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3454 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3456 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3457 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3458 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3459 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3460 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3464 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3465 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3466 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3469 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3470 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3472 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3474 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3475 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3477 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3480 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3481 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3482 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3484 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3487 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3488 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3489 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3492 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3496 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3499 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3500 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3502 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3503 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3505 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3509 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3511 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3516 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3517 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3518 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3519 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3520 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3521 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3522 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3523 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3524 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3525 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3526 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3528 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3531 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3536 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3538 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3539 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3541 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3542 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3543 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3545 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3546 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3548 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3550 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3552 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3553 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3555 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3558 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3563 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3565 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3566 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3567 asection
**sections
,
3572 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3577 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3578 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3579 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3583 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3584 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3585 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3586 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3588 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3590 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3591 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3592 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3598 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3601 struct elf_segment_map
*
3602 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3604 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3606 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3610 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3612 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3617 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3620 map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
)
3622 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3626 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3627 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3628 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3631 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3632 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3634 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3635 bfd_boolean writable
;
3637 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3638 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3641 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
!= NULL
)
3644 if (bfd_count_sections (abfd
) == 0)
3647 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3649 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3650 if (sections
== NULL
)
3654 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3656 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3662 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3665 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3667 /* Build the mapping. */
3672 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3673 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3675 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3676 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3678 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3679 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3683 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3684 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3685 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3686 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3687 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3692 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3693 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3697 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3705 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3706 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3707 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3711 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->maxpagesize
;
3713 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3715 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3718 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3719 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3720 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3721 program headers we will need. */
3724 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
3726 phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3728 phdr_size
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3729 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3730 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3731 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3732 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3735 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3738 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3742 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3745 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3747 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3748 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3749 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3751 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3753 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3754 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3758 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3759 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3761 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3762 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3765 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3766 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3768 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3769 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3770 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3773 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3775 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3776 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3777 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3778 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3781 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3782 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3783 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3784 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3786 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3787 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3788 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3789 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3790 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3791 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3792 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3797 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3798 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3803 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3806 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3807 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3808 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3814 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3815 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3817 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3824 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3830 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3831 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3832 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3836 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3839 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3840 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
3842 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3850 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3853 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
3860 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3861 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3862 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3863 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3864 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3865 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3867 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3868 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
3870 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3871 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3875 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
3882 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3890 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3895 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3896 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3897 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3902 m
->count
= tls_count
;
3903 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3905 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3906 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
3908 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
3909 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
3910 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
3917 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3919 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
3920 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
3921 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3923 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3924 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3928 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
3930 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
3936 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3938 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3939 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3943 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
3944 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
3945 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3951 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3953 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3954 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3958 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
3960 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3969 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
3973 if (sections
!= NULL
)
3978 /* Sort sections by address. */
3981 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3983 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
3984 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
3985 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
3987 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3988 place the section into a segment. */
3989 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
3991 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
3994 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3995 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3996 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
3998 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4001 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4003 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4009 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4010 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4011 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4012 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4017 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4022 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4023 before others at the same address. */
4025 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4026 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4033 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4036 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4038 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4039 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4040 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4041 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4042 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4045 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4046 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4048 /* In other words, something like:
4050 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4051 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4052 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4053 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4055 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4057 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4060 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4062 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4066 print_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
)
4068 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4071 fprintf (stderr
, _(" Section to Segment mapping:\n"));
4072 fprintf (stderr
, _(" Segment Sections...\n"));
4074 for (i
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
4078 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4083 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4084 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4085 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4086 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4087 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4088 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4090 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4091 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4094 fprintf (stderr
, " %2.2d: %14.14s: ", i
, pt
);
4095 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4096 fprintf (stderr
, "%s ", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4101 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4102 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4106 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4107 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4109 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4110 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4111 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4112 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4114 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4119 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
)
4121 if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd
))
4126 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4127 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4128 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4130 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
4134 unsigned int new_count
;
4137 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4139 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4140 && ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4141 || m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4144 m
->sections
[new_count
] = m
->sections
[i
];
4150 if (new_count
!= m
->count
)
4151 m
->count
= new_count
;
4155 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
)
4157 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4162 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4165 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4166 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4167 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= count
;
4171 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4175 /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
4176 that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
4177 is used in a linker script. */
4178 alloc
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4179 if (alloc
!= 0 && count
> alloc
)
4181 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4182 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
4183 abfd
, alloc
, count
));
4184 print_segment_map (abfd
);
4185 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4192 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4195 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4196 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4201 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4202 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4204 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4205 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4207 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4213 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4214 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4215 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4216 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4217 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4219 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4220 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4221 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4224 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4225 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4226 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4227 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4228 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4229 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4230 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4232 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4233 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4238 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4240 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4241 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4242 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4245 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4247 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4248 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4250 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4251 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4252 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4253 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4254 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4255 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4256 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4258 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4259 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4261 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4263 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4264 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4268 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4271 bfd_size_type align
;
4273 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4275 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4277 unsigned int secalign
;
4279 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4280 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4281 align_power
= secalign
;
4283 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4285 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4286 align
= maxpagesize
;
4288 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4291 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4292 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4293 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4295 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4296 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4297 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4298 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4299 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4300 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4302 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4304 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4308 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4314 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4315 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4316 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4318 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4321 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4323 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4331 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4333 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4336 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4337 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4340 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4342 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4344 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4345 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4347 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4352 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4357 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4359 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4362 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4364 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4368 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4369 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4370 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4371 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4375 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4376 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4379 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4380 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4382 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4383 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4388 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4389 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4390 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4394 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4395 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4396 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4397 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4398 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4399 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4403 bfd_size_type align
;
4407 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4409 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4410 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4412 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4414 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4416 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4419 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4420 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4421 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4425 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4426 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4428 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4430 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4431 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4432 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4434 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4435 modulo the page size. */
4436 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4437 if (page
< maxpagesize
)
4439 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4440 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4442 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4446 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4448 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4454 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4460 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4469 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4472 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4473 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4474 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4475 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4476 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4477 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4478 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4479 people do this. The data statement results in a
4480 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4481 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4482 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4483 section with contents to the output. Make room
4484 here for the write, so that following segments are
4486 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4487 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4491 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4493 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4494 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4497 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4499 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4500 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4501 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4502 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4504 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4506 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4508 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4510 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4513 if (align
> p
->p_align
4514 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4515 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4519 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4522 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4524 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4530 /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
4531 for (; count
< alloc
; count
++, p
++)
4533 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4534 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4537 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4541 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4544 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4545 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4547 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4548 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4549 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4550 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4551 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4552 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4553 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4554 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4556 unsigned int num_sec
;
4560 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4561 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4562 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4563 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4565 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4566 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4569 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4570 && hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0)
4571 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4572 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4574 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4575 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4577 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4579 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4580 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4581 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4584 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4586 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4589 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4590 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4591 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4592 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4593 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4594 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4596 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4598 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4600 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4601 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4605 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4606 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4610 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4612 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4613 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4618 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4621 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4623 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4624 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4626 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4628 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4629 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4630 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4632 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4633 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4638 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4644 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4645 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4647 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4648 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4650 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4651 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4652 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4653 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4654 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4656 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4661 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4663 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4664 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4665 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4667 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4669 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4670 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4671 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4673 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4675 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4677 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4679 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4680 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4681 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4682 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4683 >= link_info
->relro_end
)
4687 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4688 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4690 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4691 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4692 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4693 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4694 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4696 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4700 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4701 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4707 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4712 /* Get the size of the program header.
4714 If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
4715 can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
4716 happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
4717 SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
4718 data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
4720 ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
4721 will be two segments. */
4723 static bfd_size_type
4724 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
)
4728 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4730 /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
4731 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
!= 0)
4732 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
4734 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
!= NULL
)
4736 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4739 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4741 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4742 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
4745 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4746 and one for data. */
4749 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4750 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4752 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4753 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4754 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4759 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4761 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4765 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
4767 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4771 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4773 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4777 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4779 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4783 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4785 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4786 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
4788 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4793 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4795 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4797 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4803 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4804 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4808 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
);
4814 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4815 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
4818 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4819 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4820 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4822 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4823 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4824 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4825 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4826 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4827 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4828 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4830 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4833 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4834 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4836 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4837 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4839 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4841 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4842 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4844 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4845 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4846 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4849 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4850 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4852 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4853 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4854 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4855 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4857 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4860 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4861 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4862 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4863 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4864 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4866 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4869 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4871 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4873 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4874 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4882 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4883 assignment of sections to segments. */
4884 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4887 /* And for non-load sections. */
4888 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4891 /* Write out the program headers. */
4892 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4893 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4894 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4897 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4900 /* Place the section headers. */
4901 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4902 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4903 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4905 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4911 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4913 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4914 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4915 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4916 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4917 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4919 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4920 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4922 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4923 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4926 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4928 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4929 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4930 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4931 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4933 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4934 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4935 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4936 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4938 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4939 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4940 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4941 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4942 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4943 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4945 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4947 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4949 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4950 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4953 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4954 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4955 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4956 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4957 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4958 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4959 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4960 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4962 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4965 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4966 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4968 /* No program header, for now. */
4969 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4970 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4971 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4973 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4974 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4975 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4977 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4978 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4979 /* It all happens later. */
4983 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4985 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4988 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4989 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4990 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4991 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4992 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4993 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4994 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4995 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4996 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5002 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5003 of the loadable file image. */
5006 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5009 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5010 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5012 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5014 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5015 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5020 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5021 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5022 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5025 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5029 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5031 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5032 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5033 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5035 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5037 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5038 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5041 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5042 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5045 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5049 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5051 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5052 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5053 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5055 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5056 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5057 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5059 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5061 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5062 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5065 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5066 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5069 /* Write out the section header names. */
5070 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5071 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5072 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5075 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5076 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5079 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5083 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5085 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5086 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5089 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5092 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5094 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5097 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5098 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5099 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5101 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5103 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5105 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5110 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5111 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5115 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5125 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5129 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5131 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5133 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5135 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5136 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5137 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5138 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5139 input sections rather than the output section. */
5140 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5141 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5142 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5147 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5148 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5149 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5150 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5151 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5152 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5153 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5156 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5160 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5161 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5162 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5163 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5164 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5165 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5172 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5173 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5174 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5182 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5185 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5187 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5188 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5189 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5190 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5191 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5194 unsigned int num_segments
;
5195 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5196 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5197 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5198 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5199 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5201 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5202 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5205 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5207 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5208 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5210 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5211 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5212 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5213 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5215 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5216 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5217 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5218 ? section->size : 0)
5220 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5221 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5222 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5223 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5224 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5225 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5227 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5228 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5229 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5230 (section->lma >= base \
5231 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5232 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5234 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5235 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5236 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5237 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5238 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5239 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5240 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5241 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5243 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5244 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5245 p_memsz set to 0. */
5246 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5248 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5249 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5250 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5251 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5253 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5254 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5255 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5257 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5258 A section will be included if:
5259 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5260 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5261 2. It is an allocated segment,
5262 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5263 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5264 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5265 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5266 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5267 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5268 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5269 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5270 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5271 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5272 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5273 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5274 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5275 && section->output_section != NULL \
5276 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5277 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5278 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5279 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5280 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5281 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5282 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5283 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5284 || (segment->p_paddr \
5285 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5286 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5287 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5289 && ! section->segment_mark)
5291 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5292 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5293 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5295 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5296 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5297 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5298 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5299 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5301 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5302 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5303 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5304 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5305 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5307 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5308 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5309 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5311 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5312 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5313 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5314 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5315 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5320 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5322 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5323 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5324 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5326 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5327 assignment code will work. */
5328 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5332 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5335 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5336 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5338 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5340 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5341 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5344 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5345 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5347 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5350 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5351 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5353 if (extra_length
> 0)
5355 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5356 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5359 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5361 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5363 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5368 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5371 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5372 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5374 if (extra_length
> 0)
5376 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5377 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5380 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5385 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5386 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5390 unsigned int section_count
;
5391 asection
** sections
;
5392 asection
* output_section
;
5394 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5395 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5399 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5402 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5403 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5405 section
= section
->next
)
5406 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5409 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5410 all of the sections we have selected. */
5411 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5412 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5413 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5417 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5418 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5420 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5421 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5422 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5423 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5424 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5426 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5427 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5428 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5429 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5431 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5433 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5435 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5436 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5437 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5438 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5439 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5441 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5442 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5445 if (section_count
== 0)
5447 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5448 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5449 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5450 a warning is produced. */
5451 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5452 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5453 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5457 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5458 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5463 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5464 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5465 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5466 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5468 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5469 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5472 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5473 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5474 of the first section.
5476 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5477 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5478 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5479 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5480 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5482 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5483 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5484 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5485 or segments to contain the other sections.
5487 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5488 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5489 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5491 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5492 to work around this long long bug. */
5493 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5494 if (sections
== NULL
)
5497 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5498 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5499 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5500 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5501 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5507 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5509 section
= section
->next
)
5511 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5513 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5515 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5517 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5518 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5519 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5520 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5521 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5522 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5523 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5525 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5526 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5527 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5530 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5532 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5534 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5536 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5537 LMA address of the output section. */
5538 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5539 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5540 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5541 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5544 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5545 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5547 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5548 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5550 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5552 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5553 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5557 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5559 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5561 if (isec
== section_count
)
5563 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5564 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5565 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5566 program header in the input BFD. */
5567 map
->count
= section_count
;
5568 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5569 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5576 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5578 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5579 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5580 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5581 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5585 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5586 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5587 the LMA of the first section. */
5588 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5591 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5592 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5593 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5594 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5596 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5598 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5600 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5601 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5602 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5603 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5604 offset when we know the correct value. */
5605 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5606 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5610 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5611 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5612 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5613 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5614 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5615 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5623 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5624 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5626 section
= sections
[j
];
5628 if (section
== NULL
)
5631 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5633 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5635 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5636 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5638 if (map
->count
== 0)
5640 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5641 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5643 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5645 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5646 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5647 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5653 asection
* prev_sec
;
5655 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5657 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5658 and the start of this section is more than
5659 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5660 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5662 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5663 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5664 > output_section
->lma
))
5666 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5667 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5673 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5676 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5678 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5679 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5682 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5684 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5685 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5686 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5688 if (isec
< section_count
)
5690 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5691 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5692 and carry on looping. */
5693 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5694 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5695 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5702 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5703 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5704 not yet been assigned. */
5706 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5707 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5708 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5709 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5710 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5711 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5712 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5715 while (isec
< section_count
);
5720 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5721 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5722 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5723 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5724 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5725 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5728 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5729 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5731 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5733 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5734 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5735 the offset if necessary. */
5736 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5740 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5743 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5744 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5745 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5750 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5751 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5752 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5753 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5754 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5755 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5756 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5760 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5763 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5765 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5766 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5767 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5768 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5769 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5771 unsigned int num_segments
;
5772 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5774 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5777 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5779 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5780 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5785 unsigned int section_count
;
5787 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5789 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5790 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5793 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5794 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5796 section
= section
->next
)
5798 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5799 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5803 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5804 all of the sections we have selected. */
5805 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5806 if (section_count
!= 0)
5807 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5808 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5812 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5815 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5816 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5817 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5818 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5819 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5820 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5821 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5823 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5824 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5825 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5826 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5828 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5829 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5831 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5832 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5833 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5834 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5835 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5837 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5838 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5841 if (section_count
!= 0)
5843 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5845 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5847 section
= section
->next
)
5849 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5850 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5851 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5855 map
->count
= section_count
;
5856 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5857 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5860 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5864 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5868 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5870 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5871 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5874 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5877 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5879 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5880 header are changed. */
5881 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5882 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5883 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5884 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5886 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5887 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5888 section
= section
->next
)
5889 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5891 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5892 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5896 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5897 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5899 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5900 from the input BFD. */
5901 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5903 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5905 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5906 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5907 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5909 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5910 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5912 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5913 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5914 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5915 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5916 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5917 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5923 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5925 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5926 section
= section
->next
)
5928 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5931 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5934 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5938 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5941 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5944 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5948 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5951 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5952 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5954 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5955 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5958 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5959 output BFD section flags has been set to something different.
5960 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5962 if (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
5963 || (osec
->flags
== 0 && elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
))
5964 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5966 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5967 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5968 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5969 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5973 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5974 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5976 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5977 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5978 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5979 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5983 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5985 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5986 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5987 may be NULL at this point. */
5988 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
5990 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5991 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
5992 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
5995 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6000 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6001 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6004 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6009 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6011 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6012 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6015 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6016 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6018 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6020 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6021 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6022 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6023 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6024 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6026 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6030 /* Copy private header information. */
6033 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6035 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6036 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6039 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6040 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6041 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6042 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6043 already been worked out. */
6044 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6046 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6053 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6054 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6055 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6056 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6057 swap_out_syms function. */
6059 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6060 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6061 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6062 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6063 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6066 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6071 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6073 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6074 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6077 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6078 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6082 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6086 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6087 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6088 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6089 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6090 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6091 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6093 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6094 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6095 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6096 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6097 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6103 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6106 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6107 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6110 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6113 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6114 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6115 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6116 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6117 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6118 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6121 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6123 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6126 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6127 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6131 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6132 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6133 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6134 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6135 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6136 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6137 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6138 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6140 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6141 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6143 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6144 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6146 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6149 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6151 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6152 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6153 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6155 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6156 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6157 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6158 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6160 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6164 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6165 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6166 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6167 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6168 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6171 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6173 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6174 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6180 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6181 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6182 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6183 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6184 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6188 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6189 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6191 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6192 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6194 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6195 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6196 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6197 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6200 if (!name_local_sections
6201 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6203 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6208 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6211 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6213 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6218 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6220 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6221 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6223 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6224 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6225 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6226 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6227 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6228 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6229 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6231 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6232 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6233 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6237 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6240 if (sec
->output_section
)
6242 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6243 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6246 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6247 if (! relocatable_p
)
6249 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6250 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6252 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6254 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6256 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6257 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6258 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6259 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6263 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6266 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6269 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6272 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6275 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6283 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6289 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6290 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6291 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6292 demand of applications. For example, it
6293 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6294 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6295 actually in the output file. */
6296 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6299 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6300 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6301 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6303 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6304 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6308 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6309 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6313 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6316 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6318 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6320 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6325 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6328 /* Processor-specific types. */
6329 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6330 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6331 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6332 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6334 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6336 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6337 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6339 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6341 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6342 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6343 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6344 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6348 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6349 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6352 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6354 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6356 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6358 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6361 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6364 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6365 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6369 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6370 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6371 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6372 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6376 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6377 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6379 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6380 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6381 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6382 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6383 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6384 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6389 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6391 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6392 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6393 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6396 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6400 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6402 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6403 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6405 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6411 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6415 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6417 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6419 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6423 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6424 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6426 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6432 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6435 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6438 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6441 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6448 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6450 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6453 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6454 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6455 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6459 return section
->reloc_count
;
6463 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6465 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6466 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6469 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6474 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6475 asymbol
**allocation
)
6477 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6478 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6481 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6485 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6486 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6487 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6488 dynamic reloc section. */
6491 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6496 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6498 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6502 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6503 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6504 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6505 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6506 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6507 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6508 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6509 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6514 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6515 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6516 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6517 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6518 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6519 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6520 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6523 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6527 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6531 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6533 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6537 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6539 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6541 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6542 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6543 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6544 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6549 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6551 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6553 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6564 /* Read in the version information. */
6567 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6569 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6570 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6572 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6575 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6576 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6578 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6580 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6583 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6584 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6587 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6589 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6590 if (contents
== NULL
)
6592 error_return_verref
:
6593 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6594 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6597 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6598 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6599 goto error_return_verref
;
6601 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6602 goto error_return_verref
;
6604 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6605 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6606 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6607 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6608 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6609 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6611 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6612 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6615 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6617 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6619 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6620 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6622 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6623 goto error_return_verref
;
6625 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6626 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6629 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6630 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6631 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6632 goto error_return_verref
;
6635 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6636 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6637 goto error_return_verref
;
6639 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6640 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6641 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6642 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6644 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6646 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6647 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6648 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6649 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6650 goto error_return_verref
;
6652 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6653 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6655 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6657 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6658 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6659 goto error_return_verref
;
6661 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6662 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6664 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6665 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6668 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6669 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6671 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6673 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6674 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6675 goto error_return_verref
;
6677 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6678 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6685 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6688 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6689 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6690 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6691 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6693 unsigned int maxidx
;
6694 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6696 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6698 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6699 if (contents
== NULL
)
6701 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6702 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6705 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6708 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6709 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6710 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6711 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6712 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6713 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6715 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6716 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6718 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6720 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6722 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6724 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6725 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6727 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6728 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6731 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6732 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6735 if (default_imported_symver
)
6737 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6742 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6743 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6744 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6747 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6749 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6750 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6751 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6753 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6754 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6757 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6759 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6761 error_return_verdef
:
6762 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6763 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6767 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6768 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6770 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6772 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6773 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6776 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6777 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6778 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6779 goto error_return_verdef
;
6783 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6784 goto error_return_verdef
;
6786 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6787 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6788 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6789 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6791 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6793 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6795 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6796 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6797 goto error_return_verdef
;
6799 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6800 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6802 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6804 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6805 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6806 goto error_return_verdef
;
6808 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6809 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6812 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6813 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6815 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6816 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6818 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6820 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6821 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6827 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6834 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6835 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6836 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6839 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6842 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6843 if (default_imported_symver
)
6845 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6846 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6848 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6850 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6851 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6852 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6853 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6855 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6857 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6858 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6859 goto error_return_verdef
;
6860 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6861 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6862 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6863 goto error_return_verdef
;
6865 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6866 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6867 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6873 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6879 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6881 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6882 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6884 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6889 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6890 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6895 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6899 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6902 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6903 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6907 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6910 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6911 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6914 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6915 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6916 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6919 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6920 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6921 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6922 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6923 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6924 we treat such symbols as local. */
6925 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6932 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6933 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6940 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6941 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6942 unsigned long machine
)
6944 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6945 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6946 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6947 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6948 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6951 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6954 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6955 for error reporting. */
6958 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6962 const char **filename_ptr
,
6963 const char **functionname_ptr
)
6965 const char *filename
;
6966 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
6969 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6970 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6971 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6972 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6973 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6974 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6975 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6976 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6977 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
6983 state
= nothing_seen
;
6985 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6989 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
6991 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
6997 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
6998 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7002 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
7003 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
7004 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
7006 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
7007 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
7010 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
7011 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7012 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7016 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7017 state
= symbol_seen
;
7024 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7025 if (functionname_ptr
)
7026 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7031 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7032 for error reporting. */
7035 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7039 const char **filename_ptr
,
7040 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7041 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7045 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7046 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7049 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7050 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7051 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7057 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7058 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7060 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7062 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7063 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7064 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7070 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7071 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7072 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7073 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7075 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7078 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7081 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7082 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7089 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7092 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7093 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7095 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7096 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7097 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7100 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7101 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7102 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7103 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7104 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7107 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7108 const char **filename_ptr
,
7109 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7110 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7113 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7114 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7115 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7120 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean reloc
)
7124 ret
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7126 ret
+= get_program_header_size (abfd
);
7131 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7133 const void *location
,
7135 bfd_size_type count
)
7137 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7140 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7141 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7144 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7145 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7146 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7147 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7154 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7155 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7156 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7161 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7164 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7166 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7168 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7170 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7171 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7173 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7174 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7176 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7178 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7181 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7184 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7187 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7190 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7193 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7196 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7202 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7204 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7206 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7207 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7209 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7214 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7220 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7223 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7226 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7229 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7232 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7238 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7242 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7250 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7251 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7252 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7253 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7258 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7260 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7262 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7263 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7264 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7267 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7270 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7271 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7272 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7275 bfd_reloc_status_type
7276 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7277 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7278 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7279 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7280 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7282 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7285 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7286 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7287 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7288 out details about the corefile. */
7290 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7291 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7294 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7297 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7299 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7300 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7303 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7304 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7305 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7309 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7313 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7316 sect2
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
7320 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7321 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7322 sect2
->flags
= sect
->flags
;
7323 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7327 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7328 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7329 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7330 such a section already exists.
7331 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7332 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7333 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7335 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7341 char *threaded_name
;
7345 /* Build the section name. */
7347 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7348 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7349 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7350 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7352 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7354 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, threaded_name
);
7358 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7359 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7360 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7362 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7365 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7367 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7371 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7374 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7379 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7383 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7384 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7385 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7387 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7388 has already been set by another thread. */
7389 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7390 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7391 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7393 /* pr_who exists on:
7396 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7399 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7400 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7403 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7404 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7406 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7407 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7409 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7410 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7411 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7413 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7414 has already been set by another thread. */
7415 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7416 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7417 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7419 /* pr_who exists on:
7422 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7425 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7426 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7429 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7432 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7433 note size (ie. data object type). */
7437 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7438 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7439 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7441 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7443 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7445 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7447 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7449 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7450 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7453 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7454 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7455 data structure apart. */
7458 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7460 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7463 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7464 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7468 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7470 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7473 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7474 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7475 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7476 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7480 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7481 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7482 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7483 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7487 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7488 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7489 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7492 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7495 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7503 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7507 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7513 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7515 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7517 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7519 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7521 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7523 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7524 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7525 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7527 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7528 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7529 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7531 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7532 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7534 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7535 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7537 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7539 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7540 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7541 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7543 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7544 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7545 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7551 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7552 note size (ie. data object type). */
7556 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7557 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7558 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7561 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7562 int n
= strlen (command
);
7564 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7565 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7570 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7572 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7574 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7576 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7577 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7578 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7584 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7586 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7588 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7589 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7591 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7594 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7596 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7599 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7600 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7601 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7605 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7607 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7609 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7611 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7617 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7618 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7619 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7624 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7626 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7627 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7629 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7631 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7632 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7633 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7636 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7638 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7642 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7643 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7644 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7645 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7648 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7649 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7650 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7653 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7654 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7656 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7659 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7661 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7662 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7663 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7666 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7668 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7672 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7673 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7674 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7675 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7678 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7679 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7680 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7683 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7684 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7686 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7688 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7690 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7692 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7698 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7700 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7703 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7705 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7707 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7708 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7709 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7710 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7713 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7714 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7715 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7717 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7718 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7722 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7724 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7728 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7729 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7730 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7731 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7732 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7733 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7735 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7736 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7740 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7741 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7742 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7743 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7745 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7746 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7750 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7752 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7757 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7758 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7759 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7760 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7769 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7772 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7774 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7782 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7783 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7785 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7786 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7791 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7793 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7796 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7798 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7801 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7802 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7804 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7805 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7806 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7809 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7810 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7811 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7812 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7818 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7819 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7821 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7822 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7829 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, ".auxv");
7833 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7834 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7835 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7836 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7844 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7848 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7851 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7858 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7861 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7862 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7863 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7865 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7866 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7867 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7869 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7870 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7871 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7873 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7878 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7882 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7885 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7887 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7888 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7889 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7890 creates a core file. */
7892 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7895 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7896 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7897 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7900 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7904 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7906 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7907 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7909 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7910 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7913 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7914 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7916 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
7917 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7923 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7924 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7929 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
7930 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7932 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
7933 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7943 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, pid_t
*tid
)
7945 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
7952 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7953 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
7955 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7956 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
7958 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7959 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
7961 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7962 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
7964 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
7965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7968 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7969 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7970 thread just in case. */
7971 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
7972 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7974 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7975 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid
);
7977 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7982 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7986 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7987 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7988 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7989 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7991 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
7995 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
7996 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8004 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8005 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, (long) tid
);
8007 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8012 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
8016 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8017 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8018 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8019 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8021 /* This is the current thread. */
8022 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8023 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8028 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8029 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8030 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8031 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8034 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8036 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8037 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8039 static pid_t tid
= 1;
8043 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8044 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8045 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8046 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8047 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8048 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8049 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8050 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8056 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8063 size of data for note
8066 End of buffer containing note. */
8069 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8077 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8087 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8089 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8090 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8091 pad
= -namesz
& ((1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
) - 1);
8094 newspace
= 12 + namesz
+ pad
+ size
;
8096 p
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8098 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8099 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8100 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8101 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8102 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8106 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8114 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8118 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8120 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8127 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8129 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8131 note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8134 note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8137 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8138 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8139 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8140 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8141 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8143 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8145 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8147 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8155 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8157 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8158 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8159 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8160 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8161 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8162 note_name
, NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8164 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8166 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8168 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8175 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8176 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8178 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8179 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8180 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8181 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8182 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8183 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8185 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8186 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8188 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8189 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8192 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8193 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8195 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8197 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8199 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8203 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8204 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8207 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8209 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8210 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8211 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8212 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8215 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8218 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8224 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8225 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8226 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8230 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8233 const void *xfpregs
,
8236 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8237 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8238 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8242 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8250 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8253 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8257 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8265 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8267 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8268 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8269 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8271 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8273 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8274 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8276 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8277 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8278 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8280 if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
8282 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8285 else if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "QNX", 3) == 0)
8287 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8292 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8296 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8303 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8305 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8306 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8307 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8310 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8312 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8314 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8318 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8321 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8322 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8323 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8324 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8326 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8327 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8330 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8334 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8336 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8340 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8341 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8342 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8348 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8351 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8353 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8354 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8355 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8358 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8360 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8361 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8363 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8364 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8368 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8371 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8376 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8379 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8381 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8382 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8383 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8386 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8388 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8389 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8391 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8392 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8396 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8397 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8400 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8404 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8405 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8407 return reloc_class_normal
;
8410 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8411 relocation against a local symbol. */
8414 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8415 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8417 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8419 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8422 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8423 + sec
->output_offset
8425 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8426 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8427 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8430 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8431 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8432 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8435 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8436 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8437 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8438 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8439 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8440 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8441 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8444 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8445 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8451 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8452 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8456 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8458 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8459 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8461 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8462 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8463 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8467 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8468 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8472 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8474 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8475 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8477 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8478 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8484 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8485 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8486 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8487 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8488 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8489 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8491 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8492 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8493 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8494 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8495 the remote memory. */
8498 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8502 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8504 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8505 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8509 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8510 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8511 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8516 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8519 const char *relplt_name
;
8520 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8524 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8530 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8533 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8536 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8539 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8540 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8541 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8542 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8546 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8547 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8548 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8551 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8555 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8556 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8559 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8560 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8561 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8562 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8563 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8565 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8569 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8570 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8572 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8577 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8578 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8581 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8582 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8583 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8584 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8585 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8587 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8589 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8590 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8592 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8593 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8600 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8601 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8604 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8606 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8607 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8610 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8611 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8612 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8614 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8615 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8618 /* Sorted by section index. */
8619 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8623 /* Sorted by binding. */
8624 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8629 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8634 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8636 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8637 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8638 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8641 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8645 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
)
8648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8650 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8651 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8652 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8653 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8654 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8655 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8662 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8664 if (strncmp (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8665 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8666 && strncmp (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8667 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8668 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8669 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8671 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8672 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8673 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8676 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8679 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8680 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8682 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8684 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8688 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8689 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8690 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8693 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8694 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8695 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8696 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8697 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8698 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8700 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8703 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8705 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8709 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
|| isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8712 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8714 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8715 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8716 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8717 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8719 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8721 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8722 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8724 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8731 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8736 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8737 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8739 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8746 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8750 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8753 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8754 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8756 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8760 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8761 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8764 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8771 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8772 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8775 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8781 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8782 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8783 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8784 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8785 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8787 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8788 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8789 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8790 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8791 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8809 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8810 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8811 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8812 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8814 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8817 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8818 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8822 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8823 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8826 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);